70
Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 1 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers Compare and order numbers. 1/9

Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    23

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 1

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Compare and order numbers

19

Objective

Compare and order numbers

Directions

bull Demonstrate how to create a 3shydigit number using the tiles Drag a 4 and two 0s to the three squares to show 400 Tap the Group button

bull Ask two volunteers to repeat the process to make the numbers 411 and 114

bull Ask another volunteer to drag the completed numbers into the rectangles to order them from least to greatest (114 400 and 411)

bull Reset the page

bull Repeat the activity several times each time allowing three students to create their choices of three 1shy 2shy or 3shydigit numbers and having a fourth student order those numbers from least to greatest

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 2

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use baseshyten blocks to compare and order numbers

29

bull 4 thousand is greater than 3 thousand

Objective

Use baseshyten blocks to compare and order numbers

Directions

bull Tap Hide to hide the number display at the bottom of the screen Tap the thousandshycube and place 4 thousandshycubes on the top half of the workmat Tap and place 5 tenshyrods and 1 unitshycube When you are done tap Line Up

bull Pointing to the blocks ask students to say the number with you four thousand fiftyshyone

bull Ask a volunteer to repeat the process to create the number 3785 in the bottom row of the workmat When everyone agrees that the number is displayed correctly ask students to say the number with you as you point to the corresponding blocks

bull Tap Show to show the number display at the bottom of the screen Ask Which is greater 4051 or 3785

bull Have students compare the digits in the thousands place Guide students to see that there are four thousandshycubes in the top row and three thousandshycubes in the bottom row Lead students to infer that 4051 is greater than 3785 because of the difference in the thousands place

bull Move the cursor over the question mark and ask students if you should select lt gt or = to complete the number sentence If needed explain the gt and lt signs Select their choice and then tap Check to verify their selection

bull Help students recall that comparing numbers begins with the greatest place value ndash thousands place first then hundreds tens and ones

bull Tap the Clear Workmat button to clear the screen Repeat the activity allowing students to create their choice of number pairs to compare and check

Virtual Manipulative Tip

bull Tap the Clear Workmat button to clear the screen Tap the Erase button to remove individual blocks

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 3

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 4

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to compare numbers

49

bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens

bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones

Objective

Use place value to compare numbers

Directions

bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater

bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less

bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared

bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 5

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 6

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to compare numbers

49

bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens

bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones

Objective

Use place value to compare numbers

Directions

bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater

bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less

bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared

bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 7

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to compare numbers

49

bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens

bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones

Objective

Use place value to compare numbers

Directions

bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater

bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less

bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared

bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 8

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to compare numbers

49

bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens

bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones

Objective

Use place value to compare numbers

Directions

bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater

bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less

bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared

bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 9

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to order numbers

least greatest

69

Objective

Use place value to order numbers

Directions

bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart

bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line

bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)

bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place

bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 10

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 11

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to order numbers

least greatest

69

Objective

Use place value to order numbers

Directions

bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart

bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line

bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)

bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place

bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers

Day 2

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 12

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 13

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 14

September 23 2016

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

59

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

Objective

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with students Tap Step 1 to show the first step of the problem Ask a student to use the Pen to record the numbers in the work area to the right of the text

bull Tap Step 2 to show the second step of the problem Ask a volunteer to use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in this step (greatest 3shydigit number odd number)

bull Discuss with students how to determine the greatest numbermdashstart with the greatest place value and ask them to choose the greatest digit for it repeat with the remaining digits and remaining place values Remind them that the ones place must be the greatest odd digit that remains Have a volunteer write each digit as the group makes its selection (851)

bull Tap Step 3 to show the last step of the problem Ask a volunteer to highlight the important information in this step (least 3shydigit number even number) Review as needed the process for determining the least even number Have a volunteer write each digit as students make their selections (148)

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 15

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 16

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 17

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Look for patterns on a number line

1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527

79

Objective

Look for patterns on a number line

Directions

bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)

bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number

bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number

bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 18

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 19

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 20

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 21

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

How many numbers in all

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

1 2

89

1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem

bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem

bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen

bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem

bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 22

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

4 7 5

2 1

3

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

3 0

99

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students

bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)

bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)

bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 23

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

SA1

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 24

September 23 2016

SA2

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

The digits are 8 1 5 and 4

8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851

1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections

bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students

bull Discuss the solution with the students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 25

September 23 2016

SA3

Numbers to 10000

1

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

2

How many numbers in all

4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297

12

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as

possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 26

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 27

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 28

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 29

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 30

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 31

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 32

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 2: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 2

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use baseshyten blocks to compare and order numbers

29

bull 4 thousand is greater than 3 thousand

Objective

Use baseshyten blocks to compare and order numbers

Directions

bull Tap Hide to hide the number display at the bottom of the screen Tap the thousandshycube and place 4 thousandshycubes on the top half of the workmat Tap and place 5 tenshyrods and 1 unitshycube When you are done tap Line Up

bull Pointing to the blocks ask students to say the number with you four thousand fiftyshyone

bull Ask a volunteer to repeat the process to create the number 3785 in the bottom row of the workmat When everyone agrees that the number is displayed correctly ask students to say the number with you as you point to the corresponding blocks

bull Tap Show to show the number display at the bottom of the screen Ask Which is greater 4051 or 3785

bull Have students compare the digits in the thousands place Guide students to see that there are four thousandshycubes in the top row and three thousandshycubes in the bottom row Lead students to infer that 4051 is greater than 3785 because of the difference in the thousands place

bull Move the cursor over the question mark and ask students if you should select lt gt or = to complete the number sentence If needed explain the gt and lt signs Select their choice and then tap Check to verify their selection

bull Help students recall that comparing numbers begins with the greatest place value ndash thousands place first then hundreds tens and ones

bull Tap the Clear Workmat button to clear the screen Repeat the activity allowing students to create their choice of number pairs to compare and check

Virtual Manipulative Tip

bull Tap the Clear Workmat button to clear the screen Tap the Erase button to remove individual blocks

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 3

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 4

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to compare numbers

49

bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens

bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones

Objective

Use place value to compare numbers

Directions

bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater

bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less

bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared

bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 5

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 6

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to compare numbers

49

bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens

bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones

Objective

Use place value to compare numbers

Directions

bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater

bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less

bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared

bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 7

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to compare numbers

49

bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens

bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones

Objective

Use place value to compare numbers

Directions

bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater

bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less

bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared

bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 8

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to compare numbers

49

bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens

bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones

Objective

Use place value to compare numbers

Directions

bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater

bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less

bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared

bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 9

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to order numbers

least greatest

69

Objective

Use place value to order numbers

Directions

bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart

bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line

bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)

bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place

bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 10

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 11

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to order numbers

least greatest

69

Objective

Use place value to order numbers

Directions

bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart

bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line

bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)

bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place

bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers

Day 2

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 12

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 13

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 14

September 23 2016

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

59

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

Objective

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with students Tap Step 1 to show the first step of the problem Ask a student to use the Pen to record the numbers in the work area to the right of the text

bull Tap Step 2 to show the second step of the problem Ask a volunteer to use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in this step (greatest 3shydigit number odd number)

bull Discuss with students how to determine the greatest numbermdashstart with the greatest place value and ask them to choose the greatest digit for it repeat with the remaining digits and remaining place values Remind them that the ones place must be the greatest odd digit that remains Have a volunteer write each digit as the group makes its selection (851)

bull Tap Step 3 to show the last step of the problem Ask a volunteer to highlight the important information in this step (least 3shydigit number even number) Review as needed the process for determining the least even number Have a volunteer write each digit as students make their selections (148)

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 15

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 16

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 17

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Look for patterns on a number line

1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527

79

Objective

Look for patterns on a number line

Directions

bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)

bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number

bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number

bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 18

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 19

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 20

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 21

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

How many numbers in all

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

1 2

89

1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem

bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem

bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen

bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem

bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 22

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

4 7 5

2 1

3

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

3 0

99

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students

bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)

bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)

bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 23

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

SA1

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 24

September 23 2016

SA2

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

The digits are 8 1 5 and 4

8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851

1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections

bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students

bull Discuss the solution with the students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 25

September 23 2016

SA3

Numbers to 10000

1

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

2

How many numbers in all

4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297

12

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as

possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 26

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 27

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 28

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 29

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 30

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 31

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 32

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 3: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 3

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 4

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to compare numbers

49

bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens

bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones

Objective

Use place value to compare numbers

Directions

bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater

bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less

bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared

bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 5

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 6

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to compare numbers

49

bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens

bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones

Objective

Use place value to compare numbers

Directions

bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater

bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less

bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared

bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 7

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to compare numbers

49

bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens

bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones

Objective

Use place value to compare numbers

Directions

bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater

bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less

bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared

bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 8

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to compare numbers

49

bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens

bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones

Objective

Use place value to compare numbers

Directions

bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater

bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less

bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared

bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 9

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to order numbers

least greatest

69

Objective

Use place value to order numbers

Directions

bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart

bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line

bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)

bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place

bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 10

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 11

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to order numbers

least greatest

69

Objective

Use place value to order numbers

Directions

bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart

bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line

bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)

bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place

bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers

Day 2

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 12

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 13

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 14

September 23 2016

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

59

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

Objective

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with students Tap Step 1 to show the first step of the problem Ask a student to use the Pen to record the numbers in the work area to the right of the text

bull Tap Step 2 to show the second step of the problem Ask a volunteer to use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in this step (greatest 3shydigit number odd number)

bull Discuss with students how to determine the greatest numbermdashstart with the greatest place value and ask them to choose the greatest digit for it repeat with the remaining digits and remaining place values Remind them that the ones place must be the greatest odd digit that remains Have a volunteer write each digit as the group makes its selection (851)

bull Tap Step 3 to show the last step of the problem Ask a volunteer to highlight the important information in this step (least 3shydigit number even number) Review as needed the process for determining the least even number Have a volunteer write each digit as students make their selections (148)

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 15

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 16

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 17

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Look for patterns on a number line

1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527

79

Objective

Look for patterns on a number line

Directions

bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)

bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number

bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number

bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 18

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 19

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 20

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 21

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

How many numbers in all

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

1 2

89

1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem

bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem

bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen

bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem

bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 22

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

4 7 5

2 1

3

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

3 0

99

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students

bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)

bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)

bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 23

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

SA1

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 24

September 23 2016

SA2

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

The digits are 8 1 5 and 4

8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851

1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections

bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students

bull Discuss the solution with the students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 25

September 23 2016

SA3

Numbers to 10000

1

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

2

How many numbers in all

4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297

12

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as

possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 26

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 27

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 28

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 29

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 30

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 31

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 32

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 4: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 4

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to compare numbers

49

bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens

bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones

Objective

Use place value to compare numbers

Directions

bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater

bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less

bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared

bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 5

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 6

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to compare numbers

49

bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens

bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones

Objective

Use place value to compare numbers

Directions

bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater

bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less

bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared

bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 7

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to compare numbers

49

bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens

bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones

Objective

Use place value to compare numbers

Directions

bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater

bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less

bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared

bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 8

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to compare numbers

49

bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens

bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones

Objective

Use place value to compare numbers

Directions

bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater

bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less

bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared

bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 9

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to order numbers

least greatest

69

Objective

Use place value to order numbers

Directions

bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart

bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line

bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)

bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place

bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 10

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 11

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to order numbers

least greatest

69

Objective

Use place value to order numbers

Directions

bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart

bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line

bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)

bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place

bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers

Day 2

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 12

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 13

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 14

September 23 2016

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

59

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

Objective

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with students Tap Step 1 to show the first step of the problem Ask a student to use the Pen to record the numbers in the work area to the right of the text

bull Tap Step 2 to show the second step of the problem Ask a volunteer to use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in this step (greatest 3shydigit number odd number)

bull Discuss with students how to determine the greatest numbermdashstart with the greatest place value and ask them to choose the greatest digit for it repeat with the remaining digits and remaining place values Remind them that the ones place must be the greatest odd digit that remains Have a volunteer write each digit as the group makes its selection (851)

bull Tap Step 3 to show the last step of the problem Ask a volunteer to highlight the important information in this step (least 3shydigit number even number) Review as needed the process for determining the least even number Have a volunteer write each digit as students make their selections (148)

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 15

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 16

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 17

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Look for patterns on a number line

1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527

79

Objective

Look for patterns on a number line

Directions

bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)

bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number

bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number

bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 18

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 19

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 20

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 21

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

How many numbers in all

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

1 2

89

1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem

bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem

bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen

bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem

bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 22

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

4 7 5

2 1

3

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

3 0

99

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students

bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)

bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)

bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 23

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

SA1

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 24

September 23 2016

SA2

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

The digits are 8 1 5 and 4

8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851

1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections

bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students

bull Discuss the solution with the students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 25

September 23 2016

SA3

Numbers to 10000

1

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

2

How many numbers in all

4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297

12

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as

possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 26

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 27

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 28

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 29

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 30

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 31

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 32

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 5: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 5

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 6

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to compare numbers

49

bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens

bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones

Objective

Use place value to compare numbers

Directions

bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater

bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less

bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared

bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 7

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to compare numbers

49

bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens

bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones

Objective

Use place value to compare numbers

Directions

bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater

bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less

bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared

bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 8

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to compare numbers

49

bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens

bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones

Objective

Use place value to compare numbers

Directions

bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater

bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less

bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared

bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 9

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to order numbers

least greatest

69

Objective

Use place value to order numbers

Directions

bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart

bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line

bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)

bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place

bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 10

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 11

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to order numbers

least greatest

69

Objective

Use place value to order numbers

Directions

bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart

bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line

bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)

bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place

bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers

Day 2

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 12

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 13

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 14

September 23 2016

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

59

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

Objective

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with students Tap Step 1 to show the first step of the problem Ask a student to use the Pen to record the numbers in the work area to the right of the text

bull Tap Step 2 to show the second step of the problem Ask a volunteer to use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in this step (greatest 3shydigit number odd number)

bull Discuss with students how to determine the greatest numbermdashstart with the greatest place value and ask them to choose the greatest digit for it repeat with the remaining digits and remaining place values Remind them that the ones place must be the greatest odd digit that remains Have a volunteer write each digit as the group makes its selection (851)

bull Tap Step 3 to show the last step of the problem Ask a volunteer to highlight the important information in this step (least 3shydigit number even number) Review as needed the process for determining the least even number Have a volunteer write each digit as students make their selections (148)

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 15

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 16

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 17

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Look for patterns on a number line

1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527

79

Objective

Look for patterns on a number line

Directions

bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)

bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number

bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number

bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 18

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 19

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 20

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 21

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

How many numbers in all

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

1 2

89

1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem

bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem

bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen

bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem

bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 22

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

4 7 5

2 1

3

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

3 0

99

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students

bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)

bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)

bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 23

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

SA1

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 24

September 23 2016

SA2

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

The digits are 8 1 5 and 4

8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851

1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections

bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students

bull Discuss the solution with the students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 25

September 23 2016

SA3

Numbers to 10000

1

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

2

How many numbers in all

4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297

12

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as

possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 26

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 27

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 28

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 29

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 30

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 31

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 32

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 6: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 6

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to compare numbers

49

bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens

bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones

Objective

Use place value to compare numbers

Directions

bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater

bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less

bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared

bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 7

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to compare numbers

49

bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens

bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones

Objective

Use place value to compare numbers

Directions

bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater

bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less

bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared

bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 8

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to compare numbers

49

bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens

bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones

Objective

Use place value to compare numbers

Directions

bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater

bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less

bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared

bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 9

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to order numbers

least greatest

69

Objective

Use place value to order numbers

Directions

bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart

bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line

bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)

bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place

bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 10

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 11

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to order numbers

least greatest

69

Objective

Use place value to order numbers

Directions

bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart

bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line

bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)

bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place

bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers

Day 2

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 12

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 13

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 14

September 23 2016

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

59

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

Objective

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with students Tap Step 1 to show the first step of the problem Ask a student to use the Pen to record the numbers in the work area to the right of the text

bull Tap Step 2 to show the second step of the problem Ask a volunteer to use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in this step (greatest 3shydigit number odd number)

bull Discuss with students how to determine the greatest numbermdashstart with the greatest place value and ask them to choose the greatest digit for it repeat with the remaining digits and remaining place values Remind them that the ones place must be the greatest odd digit that remains Have a volunteer write each digit as the group makes its selection (851)

bull Tap Step 3 to show the last step of the problem Ask a volunteer to highlight the important information in this step (least 3shydigit number even number) Review as needed the process for determining the least even number Have a volunteer write each digit as students make their selections (148)

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 15

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 16

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 17

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Look for patterns on a number line

1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527

79

Objective

Look for patterns on a number line

Directions

bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)

bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number

bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number

bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 18

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 19

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 20

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 21

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

How many numbers in all

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

1 2

89

1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem

bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem

bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen

bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem

bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 22

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

4 7 5

2 1

3

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

3 0

99

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students

bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)

bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)

bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 23

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

SA1

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 24

September 23 2016

SA2

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

The digits are 8 1 5 and 4

8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851

1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections

bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students

bull Discuss the solution with the students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 25

September 23 2016

SA3

Numbers to 10000

1

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

2

How many numbers in all

4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297

12

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as

possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 26

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 27

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 28

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 29

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 30

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 31

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 32

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 7: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 7

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to compare numbers

49

bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens

bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones

Objective

Use place value to compare numbers

Directions

bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater

bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less

bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared

bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 8

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to compare numbers

49

bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens

bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones

Objective

Use place value to compare numbers

Directions

bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater

bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less

bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared

bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 9

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to order numbers

least greatest

69

Objective

Use place value to order numbers

Directions

bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart

bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line

bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)

bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place

bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 10

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 11

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to order numbers

least greatest

69

Objective

Use place value to order numbers

Directions

bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart

bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line

bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)

bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place

bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers

Day 2

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 12

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 13

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 14

September 23 2016

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

59

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

Objective

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with students Tap Step 1 to show the first step of the problem Ask a student to use the Pen to record the numbers in the work area to the right of the text

bull Tap Step 2 to show the second step of the problem Ask a volunteer to use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in this step (greatest 3shydigit number odd number)

bull Discuss with students how to determine the greatest numbermdashstart with the greatest place value and ask them to choose the greatest digit for it repeat with the remaining digits and remaining place values Remind them that the ones place must be the greatest odd digit that remains Have a volunteer write each digit as the group makes its selection (851)

bull Tap Step 3 to show the last step of the problem Ask a volunteer to highlight the important information in this step (least 3shydigit number even number) Review as needed the process for determining the least even number Have a volunteer write each digit as students make their selections (148)

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 15

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 16

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 17

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Look for patterns on a number line

1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527

79

Objective

Look for patterns on a number line

Directions

bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)

bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number

bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number

bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 18

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 19

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 20

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 21

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

How many numbers in all

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

1 2

89

1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem

bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem

bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen

bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem

bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 22

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

4 7 5

2 1

3

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

3 0

99

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students

bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)

bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)

bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 23

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

SA1

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 24

September 23 2016

SA2

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

The digits are 8 1 5 and 4

8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851

1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections

bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students

bull Discuss the solution with the students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 25

September 23 2016

SA3

Numbers to 10000

1

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

2

How many numbers in all

4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297

12

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as

possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 26

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 27

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 28

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 29

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 30

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 31

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 32

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 8: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 8

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to compare numbers

49

bull 2 tens is less than 7 tens

bull 8 ones is greater than 5 ones

Objective

Use place value to compare numbers

Directions

bull Use the Pen to write the digits 6 8 7 and 0 in order in the first row of four boxes at the top of the page Write 6 8 2 and 9 in order in the second row of boxes Explain to students that they should compare these numbers to find which is greater

bull Remind students as needed to begin comparing with the greatest place value digits Point out that they should work from left to right until they reach a place value in which the digits are not the same Ask them which place value has digits that are not the same in the two numbers shown (10s) Ask students which number is greater and which is less

bull Ask a volunteer to write a number sentence comparing the two numbers using lt or gt (6829 lt 6870)

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity using 2748 and 2745 pointing out as needed that in this case the ones must be compared

bull Repeat the activity several times allowing students to provide the numbers complete the comparisons and write the number sentences

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 9

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to order numbers

least greatest

69

Objective

Use place value to order numbers

Directions

bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart

bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line

bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)

bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place

bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 10

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 11

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to order numbers

least greatest

69

Objective

Use place value to order numbers

Directions

bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart

bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line

bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)

bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place

bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers

Day 2

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 12

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 13

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 14

September 23 2016

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

59

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

Objective

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with students Tap Step 1 to show the first step of the problem Ask a student to use the Pen to record the numbers in the work area to the right of the text

bull Tap Step 2 to show the second step of the problem Ask a volunteer to use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in this step (greatest 3shydigit number odd number)

bull Discuss with students how to determine the greatest numbermdashstart with the greatest place value and ask them to choose the greatest digit for it repeat with the remaining digits and remaining place values Remind them that the ones place must be the greatest odd digit that remains Have a volunteer write each digit as the group makes its selection (851)

bull Tap Step 3 to show the last step of the problem Ask a volunteer to highlight the important information in this step (least 3shydigit number even number) Review as needed the process for determining the least even number Have a volunteer write each digit as students make their selections (148)

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 15

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 16

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 17

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Look for patterns on a number line

1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527

79

Objective

Look for patterns on a number line

Directions

bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)

bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number

bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number

bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 18

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 19

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 20

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 21

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

How many numbers in all

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

1 2

89

1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem

bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem

bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen

bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem

bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 22

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

4 7 5

2 1

3

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

3 0

99

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students

bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)

bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)

bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 23

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

SA1

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 24

September 23 2016

SA2

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

The digits are 8 1 5 and 4

8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851

1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections

bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students

bull Discuss the solution with the students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 25

September 23 2016

SA3

Numbers to 10000

1

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

2

How many numbers in all

4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297

12

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as

possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 26

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 27

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 28

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 29

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 30

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 31

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 32

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 9: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 9

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to order numbers

least greatest

69

Objective

Use place value to order numbers

Directions

bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart

bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line

bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)

bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place

bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 10

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 11

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to order numbers

least greatest

69

Objective

Use place value to order numbers

Directions

bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart

bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line

bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)

bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place

bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers

Day 2

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 12

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 13

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 14

September 23 2016

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

59

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

Objective

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with students Tap Step 1 to show the first step of the problem Ask a student to use the Pen to record the numbers in the work area to the right of the text

bull Tap Step 2 to show the second step of the problem Ask a volunteer to use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in this step (greatest 3shydigit number odd number)

bull Discuss with students how to determine the greatest numbermdashstart with the greatest place value and ask them to choose the greatest digit for it repeat with the remaining digits and remaining place values Remind them that the ones place must be the greatest odd digit that remains Have a volunteer write each digit as the group makes its selection (851)

bull Tap Step 3 to show the last step of the problem Ask a volunteer to highlight the important information in this step (least 3shydigit number even number) Review as needed the process for determining the least even number Have a volunteer write each digit as students make their selections (148)

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 15

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 16

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 17

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Look for patterns on a number line

1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527

79

Objective

Look for patterns on a number line

Directions

bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)

bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number

bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number

bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 18

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 19

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 20

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 21

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

How many numbers in all

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

1 2

89

1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem

bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem

bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen

bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem

bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 22

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

4 7 5

2 1

3

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

3 0

99

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students

bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)

bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)

bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 23

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

SA1

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 24

September 23 2016

SA2

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

The digits are 8 1 5 and 4

8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851

1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections

bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students

bull Discuss the solution with the students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 25

September 23 2016

SA3

Numbers to 10000

1

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

2

How many numbers in all

4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297

12

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as

possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 26

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 27

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 28

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 29

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 30

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 31

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 32

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 10: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 10

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 11

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to order numbers

least greatest

69

Objective

Use place value to order numbers

Directions

bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart

bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line

bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)

bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place

bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers

Day 2

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 12

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 13

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 14

September 23 2016

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

59

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

Objective

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with students Tap Step 1 to show the first step of the problem Ask a student to use the Pen to record the numbers in the work area to the right of the text

bull Tap Step 2 to show the second step of the problem Ask a volunteer to use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in this step (greatest 3shydigit number odd number)

bull Discuss with students how to determine the greatest numbermdashstart with the greatest place value and ask them to choose the greatest digit for it repeat with the remaining digits and remaining place values Remind them that the ones place must be the greatest odd digit that remains Have a volunteer write each digit as the group makes its selection (851)

bull Tap Step 3 to show the last step of the problem Ask a volunteer to highlight the important information in this step (least 3shydigit number even number) Review as needed the process for determining the least even number Have a volunteer write each digit as students make their selections (148)

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 15

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 16

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 17

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Look for patterns on a number line

1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527

79

Objective

Look for patterns on a number line

Directions

bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)

bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number

bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number

bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 18

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 19

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 20

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 21

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

How many numbers in all

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

1 2

89

1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem

bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem

bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen

bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem

bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 22

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

4 7 5

2 1

3

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

3 0

99

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students

bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)

bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)

bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 23

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

SA1

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 24

September 23 2016

SA2

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

The digits are 8 1 5 and 4

8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851

1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections

bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students

bull Discuss the solution with the students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 25

September 23 2016

SA3

Numbers to 10000

1

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

2

How many numbers in all

4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297

12

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as

possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 26

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 27

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 28

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 29

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 30

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 31

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 32

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 11: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 11

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value to order numbers

least greatest

69

Objective

Use place value to order numbers

Directions

bull Ask a volunteer to use the Pen to write the numbers 2389 3001 and 3010 in the blanks at the left of the screen Ask other volunteers to write the numbers in the placeshyvalue chart

bull Ask a student to compare the thousands place of the three numbers Ask which is the least and greatest number from this comparison (The least number is 2389 3001 and 3010 have the same thousands digit) Ask a volunteer to write 2389 on the ldquoLeastrdquo line

bull Ask another student to compare the hundreds place of the remaining two numbers (The hundreds places are the same)

bull Ask another student to compare the tens places of the two numbers Ask the student to circle the greater number (1) in the tens place

bull Ask students if they can now identify the greatest number of the three (3010) Ask a student to write the remaining two numbers on the two open blanks to the at the bottom of the screen

bull Reset the page Repeat the activity with other 4shydigit numbers

Day 2

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 12

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 13

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 14

September 23 2016

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

59

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

Objective

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with students Tap Step 1 to show the first step of the problem Ask a student to use the Pen to record the numbers in the work area to the right of the text

bull Tap Step 2 to show the second step of the problem Ask a volunteer to use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in this step (greatest 3shydigit number odd number)

bull Discuss with students how to determine the greatest numbermdashstart with the greatest place value and ask them to choose the greatest digit for it repeat with the remaining digits and remaining place values Remind them that the ones place must be the greatest odd digit that remains Have a volunteer write each digit as the group makes its selection (851)

bull Tap Step 3 to show the last step of the problem Ask a volunteer to highlight the important information in this step (least 3shydigit number even number) Review as needed the process for determining the least even number Have a volunteer write each digit as students make their selections (148)

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 15

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 16

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 17

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Look for patterns on a number line

1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527

79

Objective

Look for patterns on a number line

Directions

bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)

bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number

bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number

bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 18

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 19

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 20

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 21

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

How many numbers in all

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

1 2

89

1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem

bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem

bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen

bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem

bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 22

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

4 7 5

2 1

3

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

3 0

99

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students

bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)

bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)

bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 23

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

SA1

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 24

September 23 2016

SA2

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

The digits are 8 1 5 and 4

8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851

1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections

bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students

bull Discuss the solution with the students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 25

September 23 2016

SA3

Numbers to 10000

1

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

2

How many numbers in all

4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297

12

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as

possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 26

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 27

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 28

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 29

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 30

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 31

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 32

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 12: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 12

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 13

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 14

September 23 2016

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

59

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

Objective

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with students Tap Step 1 to show the first step of the problem Ask a student to use the Pen to record the numbers in the work area to the right of the text

bull Tap Step 2 to show the second step of the problem Ask a volunteer to use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in this step (greatest 3shydigit number odd number)

bull Discuss with students how to determine the greatest numbermdashstart with the greatest place value and ask them to choose the greatest digit for it repeat with the remaining digits and remaining place values Remind them that the ones place must be the greatest odd digit that remains Have a volunteer write each digit as the group makes its selection (851)

bull Tap Step 3 to show the last step of the problem Ask a volunteer to highlight the important information in this step (least 3shydigit number even number) Review as needed the process for determining the least even number Have a volunteer write each digit as students make their selections (148)

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 15

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 16

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 17

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Look for patterns on a number line

1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527

79

Objective

Look for patterns on a number line

Directions

bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)

bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number

bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number

bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 18

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 19

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 20

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 21

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

How many numbers in all

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

1 2

89

1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem

bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem

bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen

bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem

bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 22

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

4 7 5

2 1

3

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

3 0

99

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students

bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)

bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)

bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 23

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

SA1

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 24

September 23 2016

SA2

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

The digits are 8 1 5 and 4

8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851

1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections

bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students

bull Discuss the solution with the students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 25

September 23 2016

SA3

Numbers to 10000

1

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

2

How many numbers in all

4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297

12

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as

possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 26

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 27

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 28

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 29

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 30

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 31

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 32

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 13: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 13

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 14

September 23 2016

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

59

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

Objective

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with students Tap Step 1 to show the first step of the problem Ask a student to use the Pen to record the numbers in the work area to the right of the text

bull Tap Step 2 to show the second step of the problem Ask a volunteer to use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in this step (greatest 3shydigit number odd number)

bull Discuss with students how to determine the greatest numbermdashstart with the greatest place value and ask them to choose the greatest digit for it repeat with the remaining digits and remaining place values Remind them that the ones place must be the greatest odd digit that remains Have a volunteer write each digit as the group makes its selection (851)

bull Tap Step 3 to show the last step of the problem Ask a volunteer to highlight the important information in this step (least 3shydigit number even number) Review as needed the process for determining the least even number Have a volunteer write each digit as students make their selections (148)

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 15

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 16

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 17

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Look for patterns on a number line

1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527

79

Objective

Look for patterns on a number line

Directions

bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)

bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number

bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number

bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 18

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 19

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 20

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 21

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

How many numbers in all

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

1 2

89

1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem

bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem

bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen

bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem

bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 22

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

4 7 5

2 1

3

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

3 0

99

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students

bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)

bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)

bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 23

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

SA1

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 24

September 23 2016

SA2

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

The digits are 8 1 5 and 4

8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851

1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections

bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students

bull Discuss the solution with the students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 25

September 23 2016

SA3

Numbers to 10000

1

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

2

How many numbers in all

4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297

12

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as

possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 26

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 27

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 28

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 29

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 30

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 31

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 32

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 14: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 14

September 23 2016

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

59

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

Objective

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with students Tap Step 1 to show the first step of the problem Ask a student to use the Pen to record the numbers in the work area to the right of the text

bull Tap Step 2 to show the second step of the problem Ask a volunteer to use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in this step (greatest 3shydigit number odd number)

bull Discuss with students how to determine the greatest numbermdashstart with the greatest place value and ask them to choose the greatest digit for it repeat with the remaining digits and remaining place values Remind them that the ones place must be the greatest odd digit that remains Have a volunteer write each digit as the group makes its selection (851)

bull Tap Step 3 to show the last step of the problem Ask a volunteer to highlight the important information in this step (least 3shydigit number even number) Review as needed the process for determining the least even number Have a volunteer write each digit as students make their selections (148)

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 15

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 16

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 17

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Look for patterns on a number line

1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527

79

Objective

Look for patterns on a number line

Directions

bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)

bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number

bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number

bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 18

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 19

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 20

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 21

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

How many numbers in all

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

1 2

89

1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem

bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem

bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen

bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem

bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 22

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

4 7 5

2 1

3

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

3 0

99

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students

bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)

bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)

bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 23

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

SA1

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 24

September 23 2016

SA2

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

The digits are 8 1 5 and 4

8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851

1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections

bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students

bull Discuss the solution with the students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 25

September 23 2016

SA3

Numbers to 10000

1

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

2

How many numbers in all

4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297

12

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as

possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 26

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 27

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 28

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 29

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 30

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 31

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 32

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 15: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 15

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 16

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 17

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Look for patterns on a number line

1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527

79

Objective

Look for patterns on a number line

Directions

bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)

bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number

bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number

bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 18

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 19

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 20

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 21

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

How many numbers in all

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

1 2

89

1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem

bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem

bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen

bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem

bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 22

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

4 7 5

2 1

3

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

3 0

99

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students

bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)

bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)

bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 23

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

SA1

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 24

September 23 2016

SA2

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

The digits are 8 1 5 and 4

8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851

1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections

bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students

bull Discuss the solution with the students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 25

September 23 2016

SA3

Numbers to 10000

1

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

2

How many numbers in all

4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297

12

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as

possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 26

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 27

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 28

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 29

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 30

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 31

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 32

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 16: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 16

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 17

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Look for patterns on a number line

1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527

79

Objective

Look for patterns on a number line

Directions

bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)

bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number

bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number

bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 18

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 19

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 20

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 21

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

How many numbers in all

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

1 2

89

1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem

bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem

bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen

bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem

bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 22

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

4 7 5

2 1

3

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

3 0

99

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students

bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)

bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)

bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 23

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

SA1

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 24

September 23 2016

SA2

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

The digits are 8 1 5 and 4

8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851

1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections

bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students

bull Discuss the solution with the students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 25

September 23 2016

SA3

Numbers to 10000

1

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

2

How many numbers in all

4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297

12

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as

possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 26

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 27

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 28

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 29

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 30

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 31

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 32

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 17: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 17

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Look for patterns on a number line

1427 1437 1447 1457 1477 1487 1507 1517 1527

79

Objective

Look for patterns on a number line

Directions

bull Choose two consecutive numbers (for example 1427 and 1437) Explain that 1437 is 10 more than 1427 Ask students to check a few more to see if the pattern holds for the rest of the numbers

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the pattern (Each number is ten more than the number that precedes it)

bull Tap and drag the down arrow above the first question mark in the number line Ask students what ten more than 1457 is Ask a student to use the Pen to write the missing number

bull Tap and drag the up arrow below the second question mark Ask students what 10 less than 1507 is Ask another student to write this number

bull Write numbers on the blank number line leaving two or three spaces empty Use 4shydigit numbers and count by 1s 10s 100s or 1000s to create a pattern

bull Ask students to identify the rule for the numbers and ask volunteers to write the missing numbers

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 18

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 19

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 20

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 21

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

How many numbers in all

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

1 2

89

1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem

bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem

bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen

bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem

bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 22

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

4 7 5

2 1

3

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

3 0

99

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students

bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)

bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)

bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 23

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

SA1

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 24

September 23 2016

SA2

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

The digits are 8 1 5 and 4

8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851

1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections

bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students

bull Discuss the solution with the students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 25

September 23 2016

SA3

Numbers to 10000

1

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

2

How many numbers in all

4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297

12

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as

possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 26

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 27

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 28

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 29

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 30

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 31

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 32

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 18: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 18

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 19

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 20

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 21

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

How many numbers in all

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

1 2

89

1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem

bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem

bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen

bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem

bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 22

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

4 7 5

2 1

3

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

3 0

99

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students

bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)

bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)

bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 23

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

SA1

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 24

September 23 2016

SA2

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

The digits are 8 1 5 and 4

8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851

1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections

bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students

bull Discuss the solution with the students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 25

September 23 2016

SA3

Numbers to 10000

1

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

2

How many numbers in all

4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297

12

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as

possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 26

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 27

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 28

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 29

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 30

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 31

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 32

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 19: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 19

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 20

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 21

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

How many numbers in all

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

1 2

89

1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem

bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem

bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen

bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem

bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 22

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

4 7 5

2 1

3

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

3 0

99

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students

bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)

bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)

bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 23

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

SA1

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 24

September 23 2016

SA2

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

The digits are 8 1 5 and 4

8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851

1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections

bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students

bull Discuss the solution with the students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 25

September 23 2016

SA3

Numbers to 10000

1

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

2

How many numbers in all

4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297

12

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as

possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 26

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 27

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 28

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 29

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 30

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 31

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 32

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 20: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 20

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 21

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

How many numbers in all

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

1 2

89

1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem

bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem

bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen

bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem

bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 22

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

4 7 5

2 1

3

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

3 0

99

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students

bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)

bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)

bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 23

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

SA1

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 24

September 23 2016

SA2

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

The digits are 8 1 5 and 4

8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851

1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections

bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students

bull Discuss the solution with the students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 25

September 23 2016

SA3

Numbers to 10000

1

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

2

How many numbers in all

4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297

12

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as

possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 26

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 27

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 28

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 29

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 30

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 31

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 32

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 21: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 21

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

How many numbers in all

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

1 2

89

1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students Use the Highlighter tool to highlight the important information in the problem

bull Use the Pen to write the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 in the boxes to represent the numbers in the problem

bull Ask volunteers to tap and drag number tiles from the bottom of the page to create one number that meets the requirements of Step 1 Ask them to create these numbers on the left side of the screen

bull When students agree that all possible numbers have been created ask a volunteer to identify the greatest and least numbers in the list write them in the blanks below the list and complete the subtraction problem

bull Repeat for Step 2 Then ask students to count the total numbers created and write that in the space provided

bull Tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 22

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

4 7 5

2 1

3

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

3 0

99

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students

bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)

bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)

bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 23

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

SA1

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 24

September 23 2016

SA2

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

The digits are 8 1 5 and 4

8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851

1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections

bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students

bull Discuss the solution with the students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 25

September 23 2016

SA3

Numbers to 10000

1

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

2

How many numbers in all

4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297

12

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as

possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 26

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 27

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 28

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 29

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 30

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 31

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 32

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 22: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 22

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

4 7 5

2 1

3

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

3 0

99

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

bull You can use the strategies Guess and Check and Look for Patterns to help you solve the problem

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem and read the problem aloud with the students

bull Tap Clue 1 Read the clue aloud with students Ask a volunteer to write the possible numbers next to the yellow sheet of paper using the Pen Discuss why 9 and 8 are the only possible numbers (Because the third number is zero and 9 is the greatest number possible in a place value the only two digits that sum to 17 that are less than or equal to 9 are 9 and 8)

bull Tap Clue 2 Ask another student to write the ones digits in the first two numbers in the spaces provided using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 3 Ask a third student to write the tens digit in the second number using the information from the clue

bull Tap Clue 4 and ask a volunteer to write the last missing number in the space provided using information provided in the clue (4759 2168 and 3320)

bull When all the students agree that the numbers are now correct tap Show Answer to view the solution

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 23

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

SA1

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 24

September 23 2016

SA2

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

The digits are 8 1 5 and 4

8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851

1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections

bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students

bull Discuss the solution with the students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 25

September 23 2016

SA3

Numbers to 10000

1

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

2

How many numbers in all

4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297

12

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as

possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 26

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 27

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 28

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 29

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 30

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 31

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 32

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 23: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 23

September 23 2016

Numbers to 10000

SA1

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 24

September 23 2016

SA2

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

The digits are 8 1 5 and 4

8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851

1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections

bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students

bull Discuss the solution with the students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 25

September 23 2016

SA3

Numbers to 10000

1

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

2

How many numbers in all

4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297

12

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as

possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 26

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 27

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 28

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 29

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 30

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 31

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 32

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 24: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 24

September 23 2016

SA2

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

Write the least 3shydigit even number

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number

The digits are 8 1 5 and 4

8 is the greatest number Place it in the hundreds place The next greatest number 5 goes in the tens place The last number must be odd so use the 1 851

1 is the least number Place it in the hundreds place The next least number is 4 Use it in the tens place The last digit must be even so use the 8 148

Use the digits 8 1 5 and 4 to write each number A digit can be used only once for each question

a) Write the greatest 3shydigit odd number

b) Write the least 3shydigit even number

bull Start with the hundreds place Then go to the tens place Choose the ones digit last

bull Remember to make the ones digit odd or even depending on the question

ObjectiveUse place value and number clues to solve a problemDirections

bull Tap Word Problem to review the Word Problem with students

bull Discuss the solution with the students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 25

September 23 2016

SA3

Numbers to 10000

1

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

2

How many numbers in all

4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297

12

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as

possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 26

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 27

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 28

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 29

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 30

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 31

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 32

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 25: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 25

September 23 2016

SA3

Numbers to 10000

1

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

2

How many numbers in all

4765 4567 198 6754 6457 297

12

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers1Using the numbers 4 5 6 and 7 make as many numbers as

possible with 4 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

2Using the same numbers make as many numbers as possible with 6 in the thousands place Subtract the least number from the greatest number

How many numbers are there in all

bull Start each number by putting the required digit in the correct place value

bull Each of the remaining numbers will appear twice in each place value

Objective

Make 4shydigit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 26

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 27

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 28

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 29

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 30

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 31

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 32

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 26: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 26

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 27

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 28

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 29

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 30

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 31

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 32

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 27: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 27

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 28

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 29

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 30

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 31

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 32

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 28: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 28

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 29

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 30

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 31

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 32

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 29: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 29

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 30

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 31

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 32

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 30: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 30

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 31

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 32

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 31: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 31

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 32

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 32: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 32

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 33: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 33

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 34: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 34

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 35: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 35

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 36: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 36

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 37: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 37

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 38: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 38

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 39: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 39

September 23 2016

Student Workbook

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 40: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 40

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 41: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 41

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 42: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 42

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 43: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 43

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 44: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 44

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 45: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 45

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 46: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 46

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 47: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 47

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 48: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 48

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 49: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 49

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 50: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 50

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 51: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 51

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 52: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 52

September 23 2016

Extra Practice

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 53: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 53

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 54: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 54

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 55: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 55

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 56: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 56

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 57: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 57

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 58: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 58

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 59: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 59

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 60: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 60

September 23 2016

RETEACH

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 61: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 61

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 62: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 62

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 63: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 63

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 64: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 64

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 65: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 65

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 66: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 66

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 67: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 67

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 68: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 68

September 23 2016

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 69: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Grade 3 Lesson 13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016notebook

Mr Dudrick NPE 69

September 23 2016

The digit in the tens place of the second number is one more than the digit in the tens place of the first number

The sum of all the ones is 17

The ones digit of the first number is the greatest 1shydigit number

The tens digit of the third number is 4 less than the tens digit of the second number

SA4

Numbers to 10000

13 Comparing and Ordering Numbers

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

6

2

8

94 7 5

2 1

3 3 0

Rita wrote three 4shydigit numbers on a sheet of paperShe accidentally spilled some ink on the paperSome digits were covered by the inkUsing the clues given help Rita find the digits covered by the ink

Objective

Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Directions

bull Tap Word Problem to review the task with students

bull Discuss the solution with students

bull Tap Back to return to the lesson

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 70: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

Attachments

36132fpg

G3_C01_L03_TTpdf

HowToG1shy5pdf

SMART Notebook

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 71: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

1

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullDemonstratehowtocreatea3-digitnumberusingthetilesDraga4andtwo0stothethreesquares

toshow400TaptheGroupbutton bullAsktwovolunteerstorepeattheprocesstomakethenumbers411and114 bullAskanothervolunteertodragthecompletednumbersintotherectanglestoorderthemfromleasttogreatest

(114400and411) bullReset the page bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimeseachtimeallowingthreestudentstocreatetheirchoicesofthree1-2-

or3-digitnumbersandhavingafourthstudentorderthosenumbersfromleasttogreatest

Directions bullTapHidetohidethenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenTapthethousand-cubeandplace

4thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace5ten-rodsand1unit-cubeWhen youaredonetapLine Up

bullPointingtotheblocksaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyoufourthousandfifty-one bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber3785inthebottomrowoftheworkmatWhen

everyoneagreesthatthenumberisdisplayedcorrectlyaskstudentstosaythenumberwithyouasyou pointtothecorrespondingblocks

bullTapShowtoshowthenumberdisplayatthebottomofthescreenAskWhichisgreater4051or3785 bullHavestudentscomparethedigitsinthethousandsplaceGuidestudentstoseethattherearefour

thousand-cubesinthetoprowandthreethousand-cubesinthebottomrowLeadstudentstoinferthat 4051isgreaterthan3785becauseofthedifferenceinthethousandsplace

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocompletethenumbersentenceIfneededexplainthegtandltsignsSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverify theirselection

bullHelpstudentsrecallthatcomparingnumbersbeginswiththegreatestplacevaluemdashthousandsplacefirstthenhundredstensandones

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivityallowingstudentstocreatetheirchoiceofnumberpairstocompareandcheck

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

5-minute Warm Up Compare and order numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative Tip bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 72: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

2

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapthethousand-cubeandplace2thousand-cubesonthetophalfoftheworkmatTapandplace

8hundred-squaresand2ten-rodsWhenyouaredonetapLine Up bullAskavolunteertorepeattheprocesstocreatethenumber2356inthebottomrowoftheworkmat

Checkthenumbersbelowthemattoensurethatbothsetsofblockshavebeenplacedcorrectly bullAskstudentswhichisthegreaterofthetwonumbersandhowtheyknowRemindthemthatwhenthegreatest

placevalueineachoftwonumbersisthesametheymustlookatthenextgreatestplacevaluetocompareBecausethethousandsplacevaluesareboth2theymustcomparethehundreds

bullGuidestudentstoseethatthereareeighthundred-squaresinthetoprowandthreehundred-squaresinthebottomrow

bullMovethecursoroverthequestionmarkandaskstudentsifyoushouldselectltgtor=tocomplete thenumbersentenceSelecttheirchoiceandthentapChecktoverifytheirselection

bullTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenRepeattheactivitysuggestingnumberpairsinwhich thethousandsplacesarethesameAllowstudentstocreatethenumberpairstocompareandcheck

Directions bullUsethePentowritethedigits687and0inorderinthefirstrowoffourboxesatthetopofthepage

Write682and9inorderinthesecondrowofboxesExplaintostudentsthattheyshouldcomparethesenumberstofindwhichisgreater

bullRemindstudentsasneededtobegincomparingwiththegreatestplacevaluedigitsPointoutthattheyshouldworkfromlefttorightuntiltheyreachaplacevalueinwhichthedigitsarenotthesameAskthem

whichplacevaluehasdigitsthatarenotthesameinthetwonumbersshown(10s)Askstudentswhichnumberisgreaterandwhichisless

bullAskavolunteertowriteanumbersentencecomparingthetwonumbersusingltorgt(6829lt6870) bullReset the pageRepeattheactivityusing2748and2745pointingoutas needed that in this case the ones

mustbecompared bullRepeattheactivityseveraltimesallowingstudentstoprovidethenumberscompletethecomparisons

andwritethenumbersentences

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to compare numbers

Learn Use base-ten blocks to compare and order numbers

Virtual Manipulative TipTaptheClear WorkmatbuttontoclearthescreenTaptheErasebuttontoremoveindividualblocks

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 73: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

3

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwithstudentsTapStep 1toshowthefirststepofthe

problemAskastudenttousethePentorecordthenumbersintheworkareatotherightofthetext bullTapStep 2toshowthesecondstepoftheproblemAskavolunteertousetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationinthisstep(greatest3-digitnumberoddnumber) bullDiscusswithstudentshowtodeterminethegreatestnumbermdashstartwiththegreatestplacevalueandask

themtochoosethegreatestdigitforitrepeatwiththeremainingdigitsandremainingplacevaluesRemindthemthattheonesplacemustbethegreatest odddigitthatremainsHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasthegroupmakesitsselection(851)

bullTapStep 3toshowthelaststepoftheproblemAskavolunteertohighlighttheimportantinformation inthisstep(least3-digitnumberevennumber)ReviewasneededtheprocessfordeterminingtheleastevennumberHaveavolunteerwriteeachdigitasstudentsmaketheirselections(148)

bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullAskavolunteertousethePentowritethenumbers23893001and3010intheblanksattheleft

ofthescreenAskothervolunteerstowritethenumbersintheplace-valuechart bullAskastudenttocomparethethousandsplaceofthethreenumbersAskwhichistheleastandgreatest

numberfromthiscomparison(Theleastnumberis23893001and3010havethesamethousandsdigit)Askavolunteertowrite2389ontheldquoLeastrdquoline

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethehundredsplaceoftheremainingtwonumbers(Thehundredsplaces arethesame)

bullAskanotherstudenttocomparethetensplacesofthetwonumbersAskthestudenttocirclethegreater number(1)inthetensplace

bullAskstudentsiftheycannowidentifythegreatestnumberofthethree(3010)Askastudenttowritethe remainingtwonumbersonthetwoopenblanksatthebottomofthescreen

bullReset the pageRepeattheactivitywithother4-digitnumbers

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Use place value to order numbers

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 74: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

4

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullChoosetwoconsecutivenumbers(forexample1427and1437)Explainthat1437is10morethan1427

Askstudentstocheckafewmoretoseeifthepatternholdsfortherestofthenumbers bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthepattern(Eachnumberistenmorethanthenumberthatprecedesit) bullTapanddragthedownarrowabovethefirstquestionmarkinthenumberlineAskstudentswhattenmore

than1457isAskastudenttousethePentowritethemissingnumber bullTapanddragtheuparrowbelowthesecondquestionmarkAskstudentswhat10lessthan1507is

Askanotherstudenttowritethisnumber bullWritenumbersontheblanknumberlineleavingtwoorthreespacesemptyUse4-digitnumbersandcount

by1s10s100sor1000stocreateapattern bullAskstudentstoidentifytheruleforthenumbersandaskvolunteerstowritethemissingnumbers

Directions bullTapWord ProblemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudentsUsetheHighlightertooltohighlight

theimportantinformationintheproblem bullUsethePentowritethenumbers456and7intheboxestorepresentthenumbersintheproblem bullAskvolunteerstotapanddragnumbertilesfromthebottomofthepagetocreateonenumberthatmeets

therequirementsofStep1Askthemtocreatethesenumbersontheleftsideofthescreen bullWhenstudentsagreethatallpossiblenumbershavebeencreatedaskavolunteertoidentifythegreatestand

leastnumbersinthelistwritethemintheblanksbelowthelistandcompletethesubtractionproblem bullRepeatforStep2Thenaskstudentstocountthetotalnumberscreatedandwritethatinthespaceprovided bullTapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Learn Look for patterns on a number line

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text
nylor
Typewritten Text

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 75: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

5

Grade 3 gt Chapter 1 gt Lesson 3

Directions bullTapWord Problemandreadtheproblemaloudwiththestudents bullTapClue 1ReadthecluealoudwithstudentsAskavolunteertowritethepossiblenumbersnexttothe

yellowsheetofpaperusingthePenDiscusswhy9and8aretheonlypossiblenumbers(Becausethethirdnumberiszeroand9isthegreatestnumberpossibleinaplacevaluetheonlytwodigitsthatsum to17thatarelessthanorequalto9are9and8)

bullTapClue 2Askanotherstudenttowritetheonesdigitsinthefirsttwonumbersinthespacesprovided usingtheinformationfromtheclue

bullTapClue 3Askathirdstudenttowritethetensdigitinthesecondnumberusingtheinformationfromtheclue bullTapClue 4andaskavolunteertowritethelastmissingnumberinthespaceprovidedusinginformation

providedintheclue(47592168and3320) bullWhenallthestudentsagreethatthenumbersarenowcorrecttapShow Answertoviewthesolution

Directions bullTapWord ProblemtoreviewtheWordProblemwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwiththestudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Directions bullTapWord Problemtoreviewthetaskwithstudents bullDiscussthesolutionwithstudents bullTapBacktoreturntothelesson

Math in Focus Interactive Whiteboard Activities Teacher Tips

Problem of the Lesson Use place value and number clues to solve a problem

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Put on Your Thinking Cap Use place value and number clues to find the missing digits in a number

Letrsquos Explore Make 4-digit numbers with leading digits of specific value then find their difference

    SMART Notebook

    1

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

    Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

    Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

    Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

    Tap the Next button to go to the next page

    To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

    Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

    To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

    When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

    2

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    General SMART Notebook Tips

    Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

    Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

    Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

    Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

    If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

    To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

    The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

    While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

    FillUndo

    The SMART Notebook floating palette

    The SMART Notebook toolbar

    TextPensDelete

    Paste

    Table

    Redo

    Save EraseLines

    Shapes

    Regular Polygons

    Select

    Select

    Pen

    Pen

    Highlighter

    Eraser

    Right Click

    Notebook

    Keyboard

    Undo

    Customize

    Previous Page

    ViewOptions

    Screen Capture

    Measurement Tools

    Document Camera

    Window Shade

    SMART Exchange

    NextPage

    Open File

    New Page

    DeletePage

    3

    Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

    Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

    Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

    If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

    SMART Notebook
    • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
    • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
    • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
    • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
    • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
    • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
    • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
    • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
    • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
    • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
    • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
    • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
    • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
    • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
    • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
    • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
    • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
    • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
    • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
    • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
    • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
    • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
    • Attachments Page 1
Page 76: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

1

Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

The first page of each Notebook file shows the lesson-level structure of the Table of Contents given in the eBooks To navigate to a specific activity tap the title of that activity To move through the file one page at a time tap the Forward arrow given at the bottom of each page

Navigation and Functionality of the Notebook FilesTap Print Teacher Tips to access a PDF to print the contents of all the Teacher Tips tabs in a file

Tap the Home button to return to the Lesson-level Menu page

Tap the Previous button to go to the previous page

Tap the Next button to go to the next page

To delete objects from the screen select them and then tap the Delete button on the SMART Notebook toolbar If the object is locked an icon like this will appear at the top right corner of the object To unlock an object tap the icon and choose Unlock from the menu that appears Now you can delete the object You can also use the Delete key on your keyboard if the object is selected and unlocked

Tap the Reset Page button to reset the page to its last saved state Alternatively you can choose Reset Page from the Edit menu

To read page-specific instructions drag the Teacher Tips tab toward the center of the screen Other tabs may also be accessed as needed To view them pull toward the center of the screen

When an On-Screen Keyboard is required tap the Keyboard button in the SMART Notebook floating palette Use the keyboard to type text when you are at the board

2

Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

General SMART Notebook Tips

Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

FillUndo

The SMART Notebook floating palette

The SMART Notebook toolbar

TextPensDelete

Paste

Table

Redo

Save EraseLines

Shapes

Regular Polygons

Select

Select

Pen

Pen

Highlighter

Eraser

Right Click

Notebook

Keyboard

Undo

Customize

Previous Page

ViewOptions

Screen Capture

Measurement Tools

Document Camera

Window Shade

SMART Exchange

NextPage

Open File

New Page

DeletePage

3

Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

SMART Notebook
  • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
  • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
  • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
  • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
  • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
  • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
  • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
  • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
  • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
  • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
  • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
  • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
  • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
  • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
  • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
  • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
  • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
  • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
  • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
  • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
  • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
  • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
  • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
  • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
  • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
  • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
  • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
  • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
  • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
  • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
  • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
  • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
  • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
  • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
  • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
  • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
  • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
  • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
  • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
  • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
  • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
  • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
  • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
  • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
  • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
  • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
  • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
  • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
  • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
  • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
  • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
  • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
  • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
  • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Attachments Page 1
Page 77: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

2

Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

General SMART Notebook Tips

Some brands of interactive whiteboard provide their own toolbars If you have more than one toolbar available use the tools on the SMART Notebook toolbar and floating palette Only these tools will fully integrate with the activity

Select Save As from the File menu to save changes you have made to a SMART Notebook file Be sure to give the file a different name than the original so you will maintain a clean copy for future use

Choose a size from View gt Zoom to make the SMART Notebook file best fit your screen Setting the zoom to Entire Page may provide the best results

Objects dragged from a dispenser and marks made with the Pen Highlighter and Fill tools appear on the top layer of a screen Tabs and buttons are on a lower layer so they will appear behind dispenser objects and marks

If you tap a button to bring the SMART Notebook Ruler or Protractor onto a screen it will only display on that page To remove the tool select it and choose Delete from its sub-menu

To add tools to your SMART Notebook toolbar or floating palette tap the Customize button and then drag the tool to the toolbar or floating palette

The Help menu provides additional information about how to use the features in SMART Notebook

While the SMART Notebook files will generally work with older versions of SMART Notebook you may occasionally find a feature that does not work properly Should this happen be sure that you have updated to the latest version of SMART Notebook

FillUndo

The SMART Notebook floating palette

The SMART Notebook toolbar

TextPensDelete

Paste

Table

Redo

Save EraseLines

Shapes

Regular Polygons

Select

Select

Pen

Pen

Highlighter

Eraser

Right Click

Notebook

Keyboard

Undo

Customize

Previous Page

ViewOptions

Screen Capture

Measurement Tools

Document Camera

Window Shade

SMART Exchange

NextPage

Open File

New Page

DeletePage

3

Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

SMART Notebook
  • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
  • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
  • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
  • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
  • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
  • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
  • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
  • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
  • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
  • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
  • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
  • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
  • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
  • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
  • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
  • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
  • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
  • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
  • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
  • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
  • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
  • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
  • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
  • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
  • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
  • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
  • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
  • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
  • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
  • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
  • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
  • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
  • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
  • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
  • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
  • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
  • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
  • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
  • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
  • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
  • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
  • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
  • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
  • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
  • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
  • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
  • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
  • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
  • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
  • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
  • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
  • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
  • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
  • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Attachments Page 1
Page 78: Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016 ... · Grade 3 Lesson 1.3 Comparing and Ordering Numbers 2016.notebook Mr. Dudrick / NPE 6 September 23, 2016 Numbers to 10,000

3

Math in Focus Interactive White Board Activities How to Use SMART Notebook Files

Virtual Manipulative TipsSome virtual manipulatives have a separate Eraser from the SMART Notebook Eraser Use the Eraser in the virtual manipulative to delete objects created with the virtual manipulative Objects will be deleted in the reverse order they were added Use the SMART Notebook Eraser to remove marks made with the Pen and Highlighter tool

Some activities based on virtual manipulatives require you to enter numbers from a keyboard You can use either a regular keyboard or the On-Screen Keyboard If you want to use the latter first tap the Keyboard button in the floating paletteTap a text entry box in the virtual manipulative and then enter text If you accidentally tap another part of the board any text you type will display as a text object on screen If this should happen tap the Select button on the toolbar tap the box in the Virtual Manipulative again and then use the On-Screen Keyboard

If you are using a PC to view an iTools submenu you may need to tap again to the right of the icon or near it

SMART Notebook
  • Page 1 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 2 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 3 Sep 16-145 PM
  • Page 4 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 5 Sep 16-155 PM
  • Page 6 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 7 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 8 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 9 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 10 Sep 16-202 PM
  • Page 11 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 12 Sep 19-134 PM
  • Page 13 Aug 7-636 PM
  • Page 14 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 15 Sep 19-149 PM
  • Page 16 May 3-119 PM
  • Page 17 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 18 May 3-120 PM
  • Page 19 May 3-120 PM
  • Page 20 May 3-120 PM
  • Page 21 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 22 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 23 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 24 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 25 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Page 26 May 3-120 PM
  • Page 27 Aug 7-650 PM
  • Page 28 Aug 7-650 PM
  • Page 29 Aug 7-651 PM
  • Page 30 Aug 7-651 PM
  • Page 31 Aug 7-651 PM
  • Page 32 Aug 7-651 PM
  • Page 33 Aug 7-651 PM
  • Page 34 Aug 7-651 PM
  • Page 35 Aug 7-651 PM
  • Page 36 Aug 7-652 PM
  • Page 37 Aug 7-713 PM
  • Page 38 Aug 7-713 PM
  • Page 39 Aug 7-714 PM
  • Page 40 Aug 7-659 PM
  • Page 41 Aug 7-700 PM
  • Page 42 Aug 7-700 PM
  • Page 43 Aug 7-700 PM
  • Page 44 Aug 7-700 PM
  • Page 45 Aug 7-700 PM
  • Page 46 Aug 7-700 PM
  • Page 47 Aug 7-701 PM
  • Page 48 Aug 7-701 PM
  • Page 49 Aug 7-701 PM
  • Page 50 Aug 7-701 PM
  • Page 51 Aug 7-701 PM
  • Page 52 Aug 7-701 PM
  • Page 53 Aug 7-706 PM
  • Page 54 Aug 7-706 PM
  • Page 55 Aug 7-706 PM
  • Page 56 Aug 7-706 PM
  • Page 57 Aug 7-707 PM
  • Page 58 Aug 7-707 PM
  • Page 59 Aug 7-707 PM
  • Page 60 Aug 7-707 PM
  • Page 61 May 3-121 PM
  • Page 62 May 3-121 PM
  • Page 63 May 3-121 PM
  • Page 64 May 3-122 PM
  • Page 65 May 3-122 PM
  • Page 66 May 3-122 PM
  • Page 67 May 3-122 PM
  • Page 68 May 3-123 PM
  • Page 69 Jul 3-603 PM
  • Attachments Page 1